[opensuse-translation-commit] r96856 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-13 14:16:32 +0200 (Tue, 13 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96856 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/alternatives.fr.po Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journal.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journalctl.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/languages_db.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/migration.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pam.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/timezone_db.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/alternatives.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/alternatives.fr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/alternatives.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +# French message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Patricia Vaz <patricia@suse.de>, 2003. +# Francoise Lermen <flermen@suse.de>, 2000, 2001, 2002. +# Karine Nguyen <karine@suse.de>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:50+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Patricia Vaz <patricia@suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: French <i18n@suse.de>\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#. Dialog for displaying possible Choices for one particular Alternative. +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:86 +msgid "Choice" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:86 +msgid "Priority" +msgstr "Priorité" + +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__52 +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set option" +msgid "Set choice" +msgstr "Définir option" + +# TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__119 +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set up automatic online update" +msgid "Set automatic mode" +msgstr "Configurer la mise à jour en ligne automatique" + +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__342 +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Name:" +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "&Nom :" + +# TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__28 +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "Status:" +msgstr "État" + +# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__64 +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Time" +msgid "Current choice:" +msgstr "Heure actuelle" + +#. Dialog where all alternatives groups in the system are listed. +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:53 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Aide" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:61 +msgid "" +"<p>The alternatives system is used when some equivalent applications are installed in the system. For example if several implementations and versions of Java are installed, the alternatives system will be used to decide which one to use when the command \"java\" is called.</p><p>Every alternative have an status, it can be automatic or manual. In <b>automatic mode</b> the system uses the choice with higher priority. Note that <b>priority</b> is set by the packages creators trying to provide reasonable defaults. The <b>manual mode</b> is set when the user selects a choice manually.</p><p>To change the current choice of an alternative, select the alternative, click the <b>edit</b> button then select the desired choice in the table and click on the <b>set choice</b> button. If you want to have the alternative in automatic mode just click the <b>set automatic mode</b> button in the edit dialog.</p><p>Furthermore every choice has its own set of <b>slaves</b>, these will be applied in the system when the choice is selected.</p><p>For example, given an alternative \"editor\" that has two choices.The first choice \"/bin/ed\" with the slave:</p><pre> editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz</pre><p>Another choice \"/usr/bin/vim\" with the following slaves:</p><pre> editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +"</pre><p>In this case if the second choice is selected all its slaves will be modified, or created if they do not exist already. If the \"/bin/ed\" choice is set afterward, the slave \"editor.1.gz\" will be modified and the others will be removed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__197 +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>All your choices will be lost when exiting with Cancel.<br>Really exit?</p>" +msgid "" +"All the changes will be lost if you leave with Cancel.\n" +"Do you really want to quit?" +msgstr "<p>Tous vos choix seront perdus si vous quittez avec Annuler.<br>Voulez-vous vraiment quitter ?</p>" + +# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__64 +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Time" +msgid "Current choice" +msgstr "Heure actuelle" + +# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__20 +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nom" + +# TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__28 +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "État" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:150 +msgid "auto" +msgstr "auto" + +# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__42 +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[manually set]" +msgid "manual" +msgstr "[Réglé manuellement]" + +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__52 +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search in" +msgid "Search by name" +msgstr "Rechercher dans" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:176 +msgid "Show only alternatives with more than one choice" +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "Remplacez le répertoire privé de l'utilisateur. Pour ce faire, vous pouvez fournir une valeur absolue ou un modèle." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "Définissez un modèle par défaut pour le répertoire privé d'un utilisateur si aucun modèle n'est explicitement spécifié par le fournisseur de données du domaine." @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "Shell à utiliser par défaut si aucun shell autorisé n'est installé sur la machine." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "Shell à utiliser par défaut si le fournisseur n'en trouve aucun pendant la recherche." @@ -1012,8 +1012,8 @@ msgstr "Pour toute requête PAM lorsque SSSD est en ligne, SSSD tente de mettre immédiatement à jour les informations d'identité mises en cache pour l'utilisateur afin que l'authentification s'effectue avec les informations les plus récentes." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Afficher un avertissement N jours avant l'expiration du mot de passe." @@ -1205,528 +1205,573 @@ msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "(Spécifique à Active Directory) Utiliser l'attribut token-groups si disponible" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "URI (ldap://) des serveurs LDAP (séparés par des virgules)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "DN de base par défaut à utiliser pour exécuter les règles sudo LDAP." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "Spécifie la liste (séparée par des virgules) des URI des serveurs LDAP auxquels SSSD doit se connecter par ordre de préférence." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "Spécifie la liste (séparée par des virgules) des URI des serveurs LDAP auxquels SSSD doit se connecter par ordre de préférence pour changer le mot de passe d'un utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "DN de base pour la recherche LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "Type de schéma LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "DN de liaison par défaut à utiliser pour effectuer des opérations LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Type du jeton d'authentification du DN de liaison par défaut." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Jeton d'authentification du DN de liaison par défaut." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "Classe d'objet d'une entrée utilisateur dans LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom de connexion de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond à l'ID de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond à l'ID du groupe principal de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond au champ gecos de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " Attribut LDAP qui contient le nom du répertoire privé de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient le chemin d'accès au shell par défaut de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient l'UUID/le GUID de l'objet Utilisateur LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient le SID d'objet de l'objet Utilisateur LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient le tampon horaire de la dernière modification de l'objet parent." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui correspond à son équivalent shadow(5) (date de la dernière modification du mot de passe)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui correspond à son équivalent shadow(5) (âge minimum du mot de passe)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui correspond à son équivalent shadow(5) (âge maximum du mot de passe)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui correspond à son équivalent shadow(5) (période d'avertissement du mot de passe)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui correspond à son équivalent shadow(5) (période d'inactivité du mot de passe)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow ou de ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui correspond à son équivalent shadow(5) (date d'expiration du compte)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui stocke la date et l'heure de la dernière modification de mot de passe dans kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui stocke la date et l'heure d'expiration du mot de passe actuel." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui stocke l'heure d'expiration du compte." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, ce paramètre contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP qui stocke le champ de bits de contrôle du compte utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds ou équivalent, ce paramètre détermine si l'accès est autorisé ou non." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, cet attribut détermine si l'accès est autorisé ou non." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, cet attribut détermine la date jusqu'à laquelle l'accès est autorisé." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, cet attribut détermine à quelles heures de la journée (au cours de la semaine) l'accès est autorisé." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient le nom principal de l'utilisateur (UPN) Kerberos de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient les clés publiques SSH de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "Certains serveurs d'annuaire, comme Active Directory, indiquent la partie domaine de l'UPN en minuscules, ce qui peut entraîner un échec d'authentification." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "Définissez cette option sur true si vous voulez utiliser un domaine en majuscules." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "Spécifie le nombre de secondes pendant lequel SSSD doit patienter avant de rafraîchir son cache d'enregistrements énumérés." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "Déterminer la fréquence à laquelle vérifier la présence d'entrées inactives dans le cache (comme des groupes sans aucun membre ou des utilisateurs qui ne se sont jamais connectés) et les supprimer pour gagner de l'espace." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom complet de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui répertorie les adhésions de l'utilisateur à des groupes." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap et ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD utilise la présence de l'attribut authorizedService dans l'entrée LDAP de l'utilisateur pour déterminer les privilèges d'accès." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap et ldap_access_order=host, SSSD utilise la présence de l'attribut hôte dans l'entrée LDAP de l'utilisateur pour déterminer les privilèges d'accès." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "Classe d'objet d'une entrée de groupe dans LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom du groupe." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond à l'ID du groupe." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient les noms des membres du groupe." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient l'UUID/le GUID d'un objet Groupe LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient le SID d'objet d'un objet Groupe LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr " Attribut LDAP qui contient le tampon horaire de la dernière modification de l'objet parent." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "Si ldap_schema est défini sur un format de schéma qui prend en charge les groupes imbriqués (par ex. RFC2307bis), cette option contrôle le nombre de niveaux d'imbrication que SSSD suivra." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "Cette option indique à SSSD d'utiliser une fonction spécifique à Active Directory, susceptible d'accélérer les opérations de recherche dans les groupes pour les déploiements composés de groupes complexes ou fortement imbriqués." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "Cette option indique à SSSD d'utiliser une fonction spécifique à Active Directory, susceptible d'accélérer les opérations initgroups (plus particulièrement lorsqu'il s'agit de groupes complexes ou fortement imbriqués)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " Classe d'objet d'une entrée de netgroup dans LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom du netgroup." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient les noms des membres du netgroup." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient les triples du netgroup (hôte, utilisateur, domaine)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient l'UUID/le GUID d'un objet de netgroup LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "Classe d'objet d'une entrée de service dans LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient les noms des attributs de service et leurs alias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient le port géré par ce service." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "Attribut LDAP qui contient les protocoles compris par ce service." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "DN de base, zone de recherche et filtre LDAP facultatifs pour limiter les recherches LDAP pour ce type d'attribut." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr " Spécifie le timeout (en secondes) pendant lequel les recherches ldap sont autorisées à s'exécuter avant d'être annulées et que les résultats mis en cache soient renvoyés (et le mode hors ligne activé)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "Spécifie le timeout (en secondes) pendant lequel les recherches ldap pour des énumérations d'utilisateurs et de groupes sont autorisées à s'exécuter avant d'être annulées et que les résultats mis en cache soient renvoyés (et le mode hors ligne activé)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "Spécifie le timeout (en secondes) après lequel reprend l'interrogation(2)/la sélection(2) suivant une connexion(2) en cas d'inactivité." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "Spécifie le timeout (en secondes) après lequel les appels vers les API LDAP synchrones se terminent en l'absence de réponse." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "Spécifie le timeout (en secondes) pendant lequel une connexion vers un serveur LDAP est maintenue." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "Spécifiez le nombre d'enregistrements à récupérer à partir de LDAP dans une seule requête. Certains serveurs LDAP appliquent une limite maximum par requête." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Désactiver le contrôle de pagination LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "Lors de communications avec un serveur LDAP utilisant SASL, spécifie le niveau de sécurité minimum nécessaire pour établir la connexion." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "Spécifiez le nombre de membres du groupe qui doivent manquer dans le cache interne pour qu'une recherche de déréférencement soit déclenchée." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Valider la certification du serveur dans la session TLS LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "Spécifie le fichier qui contient les certificats pour toutes les autorités de certification reconnues pas sssd." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "Spécifie le chemin d'accès à un répertoire qui contient les certificats des autorités de certification dans des fichiers individuels distincts." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "Spécifie le fichier qui contient le certificat pour la clé du client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Spécifie le fichier qui contient la clé du client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Spécifie les suites cipher acceptables." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "Spécifie que la connexion id_provider doit également utiliser tls pour protéger le canal." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "Spécifie que SSSD doit essayer d'assigner les ID d'utilisateurs et de groupes des attributs ldap_user_objectsid et ldap_group_objectsid plutôt que de compter sur ldap_user_uid_number et ldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Spécifiez le mécanisme SASL à utiliser." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Spécifiez l'ID de l'autorisation SASL à utiliser." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Spécifiez le domaine SASL à utiliser." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "Si cette option est définie sur true, la bibliothèque LDAP effectuera une recherche inversée pour former le nom d'hôte pendant une liaison SASL." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Spécifiez le fichier keytab à utiliser pour SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "Spécifie que id_provider doit initialiser les références Kerberos (TGT)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Spécifie la durée de vie du TGT (en secondes) lors de l'utilisation de GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "Sélectionnez la stratégie à utiliser pour évaluer l'expiration du mot de passe côté client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Spécifie s'il convient d'activer la recherche automatique de renvois." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Spécifie le nom du service à utiliser lorsque la découverte des services est activée." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Spécifie le nom du service à utiliser pour trouver un serveur LDAP qui autorise les changements de mots de passe lorsque la découverte des services est activée." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "Spécifie si l'attribut ldap_user_shadow_last_change doit être mis à jour avec les jours depuis la période suivant une opération de modification de mot de passe." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "Si vous utilisez access_provider = ldap et ldap_access_order = filter (paramètres par défaut), cette option est obligatoire. Elle précise un critère de recherche LDAP qui doit être respecté pour que l'utilisateur se voie accorder l'accès à l'hôte." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr " Cette option permet d'activer une évaluation côté client des attributs de contrôle d'accès." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Liste des options de contrôle d'accès, séparées par des virgules." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "Spécifie comment s'effectue la suppression de la référence à l'alias lors d'une recherche." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "Autorise la conservation des utilisateurs locaux en tant que membres d'un groupe LDAP pour les serveurs qui utilisent le schéma RFC2307." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "DN de base, zone de recherche et filtre LDAP facultatifs pour limiter les recherches LDAP pour ce type d'attribut." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "DN de base, zone de recherche et filtre LDAP facultatifs pour limiter les recherches LDAP pour ce type d'attribut." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "DN de base, zone de recherche et filtre LDAP facultatifs pour limiter les recherches LDAP pour ce type d'attribut." + #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "DN de base, zone de recherche et filtre LDAP facultatifs pour limiter les recherches LDAP pour ce type d'attribut." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." +msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "Classe d'objet d'une entrée de groupe dans LDAP." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." +msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "Classe d'objet d'une entrée de groupe dans LDAP." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Adresses IP ou noms d'hôte des serveurs Kerberos (valeurs séparées par des virgules)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "Spécifie la liste d'adresses IP ou de noms d'hôte, séparés par des virgules, des serveurs Kerberos auxquels SSSD doit se connecter, par ordre de préférence." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Domaine Kerberos (EXEMPLE.COM, par exemple)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "Si le service de modification de mot de passe ne s'exécute pas sur le KDC, d'autres serveurs peuvent être définis ici." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Répertoire de stockage des caches de références." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Emplacement du cache de référence de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr " Timeout en secondes après l'abandon d'une demande d'authentification en ligne ou d'une demande de modification de mot de passe." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "Vérifier à l'aide du fichier krb5_keytab que le TGT obtenu n'a pas été simulé." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "Emplacement du fichier Keytab à utiliser lors de la validation des références obtenues à partir des KDC." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "Stocker le mot de passe de l'utilisateur si le fournisseur est hors ligne et l'utiliser pour demander un TGT lors de la prochaine connexion du fournisseur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Demander un ticket renouvelable avec une durée de vie totale, sous la forme d'un entier immédiatement suivi d'une unité de temps." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Demander un ticket à durée de vie limitée précisée sous la forme d'un nombre entier immédiatement suivi d'une unité de temps." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "L'intervalle en secondes entre deux contrôles de la nécessité de renouvellement du TGT." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "Active la méthode FAST (Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling) pour la pré-authentification Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Spécifie le principal du serveur à utiliser pour FAST." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "Spécifie si l'hôte et le principal de l'utilisateur doivent être formés." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Spécifie le nom du domaine Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Adresses IP ou noms d'hôte des serveurs AD (valeurs séparées par des virgules)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "Liste des adresses IP ou noms d'hôtes (séparés par des virgules) des serveurs AD auxquels SSSD doit se connecter, par ordre de préférence." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "Nom d'hôte AD (facultatif) - Peut être défini si hostname(5) ne reflète pas le nom de domaine complet (FQDN) utilisé par AD pour identifier cet hôte." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Remplacez le répertoire privé de l'utilisateur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr " Spécifie la limite inférieure de la plage d'ID POSIX à utiliser pour l'assignation d'un utilisateur Active Directory et des SID de groupes." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "Spécifie la limite supérieure de la plage d'ID POSIX à utiliser pour l'assignation d'un utilisateur Active Directory et des identificateurs SID de groupe." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Spécifie le nombre d'ID disponibles pour chaque section." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Spécifiez le SID de domaine du domaine par défaut." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Spécifiez le nom du domaine par défaut." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "Modifie le comportement de l'algorithme d'assignation d'ID afin qu'il se rapproche de l'algorithme “idmap_autorid” winbind." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Précise le nom du domaine IPA." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Adresses IP ou noms d'hôte des serveurs IPA (valeurs séparées par des virgules)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "Nom d'hôte IPA (facultatif) - Peut être défini si hostname(5) ne reflète pas le nom de domaine complet (FQDN) utilisé par IPA pour identifier cet hôte." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "Emplacement de l'automounter qui sera utilisé par ce client IPA." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "Cette option indique à SSSD de mettre à jour automatiquement le serveur DNS intégré à FreeIPA v2 en fonction de l'adresse IP de ce client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "TTL (durée de vie) à appliquer à l'enregistrement DNS du client lors de sa mise à jour." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "Sélectionnez l'interface dont l'adresse IP doit être utilisée pour les mises à jour dynamiques du DNS." + +#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +#~ msgstr "DN de base par défaut à utiliser pour exécuter les règles sudo LDAP." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -492,6 +492,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "Nom d'hôte de fournisseur" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "Port" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "Utiliser StartTLS" @@ -2814,10 +2819,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "Nom du fournisseur" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "Port" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "Type de réplication" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -611,55 +611,55 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Messages" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "&Afficher les messages" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "Journali&ser les messages" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "&Délai d'attente (en sec.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Avertissements" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "A&fficher les avertissements" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "Journaliser les a&vertissements" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "Délai d'attente (en s&ec.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Erreurs" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "Afficher les erreu&rs" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "&Journaliser les erreurs" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "Déla&i d'attente (en sec.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ "<p>Suivant votre expérience, vous pouvez ignorer, journaliser et\n" "faire afficher (avec délai d'attente) les messages d'installation.</p> \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ "<p>Il est recommandé de faire afficher tous les <b>messages</b> avec délai.\n" "Un avertissement peut parfois être sauté mais ne devrait pas être ignoré.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "Messages et journalisation" @@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -991,11 +991,11 @@ "d'hôte, redémarrez votre processus d'installation et assurez-vous que\n" "les fichiers de contrôle sont accessibles.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Emplacement du profil système" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "Emplacement du &profil :" @@ -1003,11 +1003,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Sélectionnez un disque dur" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "Aucun disque n'a été trouvé." @@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1029,13 +1029,13 @@ "</p>" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Sélection du disque dur" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Sélectionnez l'une des options pour continuer." @@ -2264,45 +2264,62 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Choisir un profil" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "Le profil AutoYaST qui en découle se trouve dans %s." + +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__44 +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "Utilisation du profil AutoYast %1" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Chargement du fichier de contrôle depuis la disquette." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Récupération du fichier de contrôle (%1) depuis le serveur TFTP : %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Récupération du fichier de contrôle (%1) depuis le serveur NFS : %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Récupération du fichier de contrôle (%1) depuis le serveur HTTP : %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Récupération du fichier de contrôle (%1) depuis le serveur FTP : %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Copie du fichier de contrôle depuis le fichier : %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Copie du fichier de contrôle depuis le disque : /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Copie du fichier de contrôle depuis l'emplacement par défaut." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Source inconnue." @@ -2312,7 +2329,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2322,7 +2339,7 @@ "<p>Pratiquement toutes les ressources du fichier de contrôle peuvent\n" "être configurées à l'aide du système de gestion des configurations.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2336,7 +2353,7 @@ "de contrôle qui peut être utilisé pour installer un autre système à l'aide d'AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2466,7 +2483,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "Le groupe de volumes '%1' doit disposer d'au moins un volume physique. Veuillez en attribuer un." @@ -2476,67 +2493,67 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Lecteurs" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "%s lecteur au total" msgstr[1] "%s lecteurs au total" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "Pas encore cloné." #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Scripts de pré-installation" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Scripts de post-installation" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Scripts Chroott" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Scripts init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Scripts de post-partitionnement" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pré" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "Post" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Post-partitionnement" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Inconnu" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -1686,13 +1686,13 @@ msgstr "&Détails..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Messages" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Afficher les messages : %1" @@ -1703,23 +1703,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "oui" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1727,76 +1727,76 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Expiration des messages : %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Journaliser les messages : %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Avertissements" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Afficher les avertissements : %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Expiration des avertissements : %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Journaliser les avertissements : %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Erreurs" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Afficher les erreurs : %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Expiration des erreurs : %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Journaliser les erreurs : %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Avertissement :" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Erreur :" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Message :" @@ -3404,7 +3404,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paquetage : " @@ -3566,15 +3566,15 @@ msgstr "Nom d'&utilisateur" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Afficher les &détails" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Taille : " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Temps restant avant la nouvelle tentative automatique : %1" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ msgstr "Modifier l'emplacement : %s" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Timeout en secondes" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" @@ -218,11 +218,11 @@ "Définit le temps d'attente que le chargeur de démarrage observe avant de charger le kernel par défaut.</p>\n" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Définir le marqueur '&active' dans la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" @@ -236,11 +236,11 @@ "soit active même si le chargeur d'amorçage est installé dans le MBR.</p>" #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Écrire du code &générique d'amorçage dans le MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition).</p>" @@ -249,48 +249,48 @@ "du système d'exploitation, permettant d'amorcer la partition active).</p>" #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Masquer le menu lors de l'amorçage" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>L'option <b>Masquer le menu lors du démarrage</b> permet de masquer le menu de démarrage.</p>" #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "Dé&tecter un système d'exploitation étranger" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" msgstr "<p><b>Détecter un système d'exploitation étranger</b> en utilisant os-prober pour un amorçage multiple avec des distributions étrangères </p>" #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "&Paramètre facultatif de ligne de commande du noyau" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Paramètre facultatif de ligne de commande du kernel</b> permet de définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre au kernel.</p>" #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Dra&peau MBR de protection" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Drapeau MBR de protection</b> est un paramètre de niveau expert qui ne doit être défini que sur du matériel peu commun. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section \"MBR de protection sur les disques GPT\". Ne modifiez pas ce paramètre si vous avez le moindre doute.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "défini" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "supprimer" @@ -298,55 +298,72 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "ne pas modifier" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Activer le support du démarrage &sécurisé" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "Cochez la case pour activer le démarrage sécurisé UEFI\n" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "Activer la prise en charge du démarrage &approuvé" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" -msgstr "L'option <b>Démarrage approuvé</b> installe TrustedGRUB2 au lieu de la version standard de GRUB2.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n" +"instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n" +"<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n" +"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"chip).</p>\n" +"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" +"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n" +msgstr "" +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" +"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" +"The system will not boot otherwise." +msgstr "" + #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Protég&er le chargeur d'amorçage par un mot de passe" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "P&rotéger uniquement la modification d'entrée" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "&Mot de passe pour utilisateur 'root' GRUB2" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Re&taper le mot de passe" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "Le mot de passe ne doit pas être vide." -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -355,7 +372,7 @@ "ne sont pas identiques. Retapez le mot de passe." #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" @@ -364,40 +381,40 @@ "Lors du démarrage, le mot de passe est requis lorsque vous modifiez une entrée quelconque, voire simplement lorsque vous la démarrez. Si l'option <b>Protéger uniquement la modification de l'entrée</b> est sélectionnée, aucun mot de passe n'est requis pour le démarrage d'une entrée, mais il sera nécessaire pour modifier des entrées (c'est la manière dont fonctionnait GRUB 1).<br>YaST n'acceptera le mot de passe que si vous le saisissez à nouveau dans le champ <b>Retaper le mot de passe</b>. Le mot de passe s'applique à l'utilisateur 'root' GRUB2, lequel est différent de l'utilisateur 'root' Linux. Actuellement, YaST ne prend pas en charge d'autres utilisateurs GRUB2. Si vous en avez besoin, utilisez un script GRUB2 distinct.</p>" #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Choisir un nouveau fichier de thème graphique" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Utiliser une console &graphique" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Résolution de &console" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Thème de &console" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Auto-détecter par grub2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Utiliser la console &série" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "Arguments de &console" #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "&Entrée de démarrage par défaut" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -414,40 +431,40 @@ "de démarrage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons <b>Monter</b> et <b>Descendre</b>.</p>\n" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Emplacement du chargeur d'amorçage" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "Si cette case est cochée, un périphérique de démarrage personnalisé doit être spécifié." -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Amorcer à par&tir de la partition d'amorçage" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "Amorcer à &partir de la partition racine" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Amorcer à partir du &MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Amorc&er à partir de la partition étendue" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "&Partition d'amorçage personnalisée" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "&Modifier l'ordre de démarrage des disques" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -462,17 +479,17 @@ "Pour supprimer un disque, cliquez sur <b>Supprimer</b>.</p>" #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Paramètres du &kernel" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "Options du &code d'amorçage" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "Options du c&hargeur d'amorçage" @@ -623,3 +640,6 @@ #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage" + +#~ msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +#~ msgstr "L'option <b>Démarrage approuvé</b> installe TrustedGRUB2 au lieu de la version standard de GRUB2.\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Paramètres d'installation" @@ -75,21 +75,21 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Paramètres d'installation Live" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Paramètres de mise à jour" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Configuration de la carte réseau" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du matériel" @@ -107,17 +107,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Préparation" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Charger la configuration réseau linuxrc" @@ -127,78 +128,79 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Configuration automatique du réseau" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -msgid "Welcome" -msgstr "Bienvenue" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "Mise à jour du programme d'installation" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -msgid "Network Activation" -msgstr "Activation réseau" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Welcome" +msgstr "Bienvenue" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Disk Activation" -msgstr "Activation du disque" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Network Activation" +msgstr "Activation réseau" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "System Analysis" -msgstr "Analyse du système" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +msgid "Disk Activation" +msgstr "Activation du disque" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "Mise à jour du programme d'installation" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Analysis" +msgstr "Analyse du système" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Produits complémentaires" @@ -206,8 +208,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disque" @@ -215,22 +217,22 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Fuseau horaire" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Paramètres utilisateur" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Résumé de l'installation" @@ -281,31 +283,31 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Procéder à l'installation" @@ -317,27 +319,27 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "Nettoyage du programme d'installation" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installation" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Système à mettre à jour" @@ -345,8 +347,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "Mise à jour" @@ -383,47 +385,47 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Procéder à la mise à jour" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Installation de base" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "Paramètres AutoYaST" @@ -431,9 +433,9 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" @@ -441,8 +443,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du système" @@ -622,15 +624,14 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "Bureau Enlightenment" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Sélection serveur minimal (Mode texte)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "Dépôts en ligne" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Sélection du bureau" + +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Sélection serveur minimal (Mode texte)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -327,8 +327,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Langues supplémentaires : %1" @@ -583,25 +583,35 @@ msgstr "Adapter le fuseau &horaire à %1" #. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Téléchargement de l'extension linguistique du système d'installation..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +msgid "" +"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" +"available at %{directory}.\n" +"\n" +"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." +msgstr "" + #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Langue principale : %1" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installation des paquetages..." #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -610,7 +620,7 @@ "Certains textes pourront être affichés en anglais.\n" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -621,7 +631,7 @@ " correcte de cette langue.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-05 19:11+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean-Marc BOUCHE <jean-marc.bouche@9online.fr>\n" "Language-Team: French <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ #. radiobutton label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Architecture" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: docker\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -310,12 +310,26 @@ msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuration LVM</big></b></p>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" @@ -473,40 +487,36 @@ "Cliquez sur <b>Suivant</b> pour continuer.\n" " <br></p>\n" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Configuration du filtre LVM de DRBD" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "Modifier automatiquement le filtre des périphériques LVM" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "Filtre de périphérique" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "Écriture du cache LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "Activer le cache LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "Avertissement : le cache LVM doit être désactivé pour utiliser drbd." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "Utiliser lvmetad pour LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "Utiliser les métadonnées LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "Avertissement : lvmetad ne doit pas être utilisé pour la grappe." @@ -536,61 +546,61 @@ msgstr "Enregistrer" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocole" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuler" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "Le nom du noeud ne peut pas être vide." #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "L'adresse IPv6 doit être mise entre parenthèses." #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "Adresse IP/port doit utiliser la combinaison 'addr:port'." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "Entrez une adresse IP valide." #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "Entrez un numéro de port valide." #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "Les noms de noeud ne peuvent pas inclure \".\" dans le nom d'hôte local." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Renseignez tous les champs." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "Configurez au moins deux noeuds." #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "Entrez le nom d'un noeud :" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "Le nom du noeud doit être différent." @@ -697,70 +707,70 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "La fusion de fichiers conf DRBD séparés a échoué\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "L'écriture de drbd.conf.YaST2prepare a échoué." #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration DRBD" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Lire les paramètres globaux" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Lire les ressources" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "Lire les configurations LVM" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Lire l'état du daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Lire les paramètres SuSEFirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Lecture des paramètres globaux..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Lecture des ressources..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "Lecture des configurations LVM…" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Lecture de l'état du daemon..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "La sauvegarde de drbd.conf a échoué." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Le nettoyage de drbd.conf pour le test drbdadm a échoué." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -768,12 +778,12 @@ "Configuration non valide de la ressource %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "La récupération de drbd.conf a échoué." #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Écriture de la configuration DRBD" @@ -781,46 +791,49 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres globaux" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Écrire les ressources" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "Écrire les configurations LVM" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Détecter l'état du daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres SuSEFirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres globaux..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Écriture des ressources..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "Écriture des configurations LVM…" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Détection de l'état du daemon..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Écriture des paramètres SuSEFirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Échec de la création du répertoire /etc/drbd.d" + +#~ msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +#~ msgstr "Modifier automatiquement le filtre des périphériques LVM" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast-font\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 19:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire@laposte.net>\n" "Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr@opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "Mises à jour pour %1 %2" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Produit inconnu" @@ -513,14 +513,14 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "&Notes de version..." #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -584,49 +584,49 @@ "</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Accord de licence" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "Lang&ue" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Disposition du clavier" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "J'&accepte les conditions de la licence" #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Vous devez accepter la licence pour installer ce produit." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "Emplacement de l'accord EULA dans le système installé : %s" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "Test du &clavier" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "&Traductions de la licence..." @@ -808,33 +808,33 @@ msgstr "Disque dur à utiliser pour le déploiement de l'image" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Détection des contrôleurs disponibles" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Activation du disque" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Configurer les disques &DASD" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Configurer les disques &ZFCP" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Configurer les interfaces &FCoE" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Configurer les disques &iSCSI" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Configuration &réseau..." @@ -865,17 +865,17 @@ msgstr "Initialisation de l'installation..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "Des mises à jour de paquets ont été trouvées dans ces dépôts supplémentaires :" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "Démarrer le gestionnaire de logiciels pour vérifier et installer les mises à jour ?" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Afficher les mises à jour de &paquets" @@ -1196,88 +1196,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Analyse de l'ordinateur" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "Détecter les périphériques USB" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "Détection des périphériques USB..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "Détecter les périphériques FireWire" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Test des périphériques FireWire..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Tester les lecteurs de disquettes" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Test des lecteurs de disquettes..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Détecter les contrôleurs de disque dur" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Détection des contrôleurs du disque dur..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Charger les modules du kernel pour les contrôleurs de disque dur" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Chargement des modules du kernel pour les contrôleurs du disque dur..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Détecter les disques durs" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Détection des disques durs..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Rechercher les fichiers système" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Recherche des fichiers système..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Initialiser le gestionnaire de logiciels" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Initialisation du gestionnaire de logiciels..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Détection du système" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST détecte actuellement le matériel de l'ordinateur, ainsi que les systèmes installés." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@ "Rendez-vous sur 'drivers.suse.com' si vous avez besoin d'un pilote spécifique pour l'installation." #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ "Vérifiez votre matériel.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ "ultérieurement. (particulièrement sur des systèmes S/390 ou iSCSI)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1328,8 +1328,35 @@ "Échec de l'initialisation des dépôts de logiciels.\n" "Abandon de l'installation." +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +# TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__2 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>The automounter package will be installed.</p>" +msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>" +msgstr "<p>Le paquetage automounter va être installé.</p>" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1340,7 +1367,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1355,9 +1382,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1370,7 +1398,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1392,6 +1420,61 @@ "Si vous avez besoin d'un serveur proxy pour accéder à l'espace de stockage des mises à jour,\n" "utilisez le paramètre de démarrage \"proxy\".\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Repository" +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "Dépôt de mise à jour" + +# TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__23 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "Conserver les paquets téléchargés" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copy the packages" +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "Copier les paquets" + +# TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__31 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "Redémarrer" + +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__289 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select an AutoYast Profile" +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "Sélectionner un profil AutoYast" + +# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__25 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating the sound volume..." +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "Actualisation du volume son..." + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error reading control file." +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "Erreur pendant la lecture du fichier de contrôle." + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1445,8 +1528,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Changer..." @@ -1741,8 +1824,11 @@ msgstr "Il est inutile d'écrire ces paramètres dans le système." #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "Importer la configuration et les clés de l'hôte SSH" @@ -1819,26 +1905,26 @@ msgstr "Copie des journaux dans le système installé..." #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "Je souhaite importer les clés SSH d'une installation précédente." -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" msgstr "<p>Chaque serveur SSH est identifié par une ou plusieurs clés d'un hôte public. Sélectionnez une installation Linux existante pour réutiliser les clés de l'hôte, et donc l'identité, de son serveur SSH. Les fichiers de clés situés dans le répertoire /etc/ssh (une paire de fichiers par clé hôte) seront copiés dans le nouveau système en cours d'installation.</p><p>Cochez l'option <b>Importer la configuration SSH</b> pour copier également les autres fichiers situés dans le répertoire /etc/ssh, en plus des clés.</p>" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Périphérique" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "%{system_name} sur %{device}" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "Importer la configuration SSH" @@ -1863,7 +1949,7 @@ msgstr "Configuration sautée à la demande de l'utilisateur" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1872,25 +1958,25 @@ "résolue avant de continuer.\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Adaptation de la proposition au paramètres actuels..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analyse de votre système..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "ERREUR : pas de proposition" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1903,36 +1989,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Sauter la configuration" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Utiliser la configuration suivante" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Cliquez sur l'un des titres pour effectuer des modifications ou utilisez le menu \"Modifier...\" ci-dessous." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Cliquez sur un en-tête pour apporter des modifications." #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Rétablir les valeurs par défaut" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Mise à jour" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Installer" @@ -1967,7 +2053,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1980,7 +2066,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1992,7 +2078,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2004,7 +2090,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2016,7 +2102,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2027,12 +2113,12 @@ "</p>\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Proposition d'installation UML</B></P>" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" @@ -2043,7 +2129,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2061,7 +2147,7 @@ msgstr "Activation de l'administration à distance..." #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "La modification du rôle système risque d'annuler les éventuels ajustements que vous avez effectués." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iplb\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journal.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journal.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journal.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: journal\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journalctl.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journalctl.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journalctl.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -32,9 +32,10 @@ msgid "Change filter..." msgstr "" +# TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__25 #: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Refresh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rafraîchir" #. Header #: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 @@ -110,17 +111,20 @@ msgid "With at least this priority" msgstr "" +# TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__102 #. Fields to display for listing the entries #. #. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Temps" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__49 #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "Source" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Source" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__47 #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 msgid "Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Message" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Pour appliquer les modifications, un redémarrage est nécessaire." @@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1240,129 +1240,129 @@ "Reportez-vous au journal %{log} pour plus de détails." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration Kdump" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Lecture du fichier de configuration..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Lecture des options de démarrage du kernel..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Calcul des limites de mémoire..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Lecture du partitionnement des disques..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Lecture de la mémoire disponible et calibrage de l'utilisation..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier de configuration /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Impossible de lire les options de démarrage du kernel." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Impossible de lire la mémoire disponible." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration Kdump." #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Mettre à jour les options de démarrage" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Mise à jour des options de démarrage..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "L'ajout de l'option crashkernel au gestionnaire de démarrage a échoué." #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "État de Kdump : %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ACTIVÉ" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "DÉSACTIVÉ" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Valeur(s) de l'option crashkernel : %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Format du vidage : %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Cible de vidage : %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Nombre de vidages : %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "Avertissement ! Il se peut que l'espace libre soit insuffisant. %{required} sont requis, mais seulement %{available} sont disponibles." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/languages_db.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/languages_db.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/languages_db.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/migration.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/migration.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/migration.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: migration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Périphérique" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "Options" @@ -741,13 +741,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Avertissement : aucun chiffrement n'est utilisé." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "Modifier." @@ -1118,14 +1118,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Type de &périphérique" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Nom de la &configuration" @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ msgstr "Groupe de tunnels" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Périphériques de pont" @@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Adresse &IP" @@ -1306,62 +1306,61 @@ "Adresse IP dupliquée détectée.\n" "Vraiment continuer ?\n" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "&Général" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Activation du périphérique" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Zone de pare-feu" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" msgstr "<p>Configurer les paramètres détaillés de la carte réseau ici.</p>" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresse" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "<p>Configurez votre adresse IP.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Matériel" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Esclaves Bond" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Sans fil" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Priorité Ifplugd" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" "<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1376,12 +1375,12 @@ "la priorité de chaque interface. </p>\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Configuration de carte réseau" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1771,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "Modifier la Route par défaut via DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.</p>\n" @@ -1781,7 +1780,7 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs.</p>" @@ -1789,7 +1788,7 @@ "<p><b>Type de périphérique</b>. De nombreux types de périphériques sont disponibles. Sélectionnez-en \n" "un en fonction de vos besoins.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" @@ -1799,7 +1798,7 @@ "qui permet l'association de l'adresse MAC ou du BusID de votre carte réseau à son nom (par exemple,\n" " eth1, wlan0). Ceci permet de conserver un même nom de périphérique après redémarrage.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1810,7 +1809,7 @@ "</p>" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1821,7 +1820,7 @@ "votre périphérique dans la liste déroulante. Le cas échéant, sélectionnez un pilote dans la liste. Généralement, la valeur par défaut convient.</p>\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" @@ -1831,12 +1830,12 @@ "format  : <i>option</i>=<i>valeur</i>. Les entrées doivent être séparées par des espaces, par exemple <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note :</b> Si deux cartes sont \n" "configurées avec le même nom de module, les options seront fusionnées lors de l'enregistrement.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Si vous spécifiez des options via <b>Options Ethtool</b>, ifup appellera ethtool avec ces options.</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n" @@ -1846,7 +1845,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" @@ -1855,7 +1854,7 @@ "écrites dans <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> ou <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>" @@ -1864,62 +1863,62 @@ "dans le manuel des <b>pilotes de périphériques IBM et commandes d'installation</b>.</p>" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "Module &noyau" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Nom du module" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Règles Udev" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nom du périphérique" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "Changer" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Afficher l'identification du port visible" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Secondes" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Clignoter" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Options Ethtool" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Sélection manuelle de la carte réseau" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>" @@ -1929,27 +1928,43 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Carte &réseau" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Rechercher" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" "Le nom de configuration %1 existe déjà.\n" "Veuillez en choisir un autre." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"Le nom de configuration %1 existe déjà.\n" +"Veuillez en choisir un autre." + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configuration de la carte réseau S/390" @@ -1957,131 +1972,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Paramètres de périphérique S/390" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "Nom du &port" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Numéro de port" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Activer le relais IPA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Activer &la prise en charge de la couche 2" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Adresse &MAC de la couche 2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Lire canal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Écrire canal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Canal de contrôle" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" msgstr "<p>Entrer le <b>Nom de port</b> pour cette interface (sensible à la casse).</p>" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" msgstr "<p>Entrez les éventuelles <b>Options</b> supplémentaires pour cette interface (séparées par des espaces).</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer relais IPA</b> si le relais de l'adresse IP doit être activé pour cette interface.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer la prise en charge de la couche 2</b> si cette carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Entrez l'<b>Adresse MAC de la couche 2</b> si cette carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Numéro de &port" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "Timeout &LANCMD" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Choisissez le <b>Numéro de port</b> pour cette interface.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Spécifiez le <b>Timeout LANCMD</b> de cette interface.</p>" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Mode compatibilité" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Mode étendu" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "tty basé sur CTC (connexions Linux à Linux)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Mode compatibilité avec OS/390 et z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocole" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Choisissez le <b>Protocole</b> pour cette interface.</p>" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Nom du &pair" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" @@ -2089,7 +2104,7 @@ "<p>Entrer le nom du pair IUCV,\n" "par exemple, le nom d'utilisateur z/VM avec lequel se connecter (sensible à la casse).</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2099,7 +2114,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Boîte de dialogue du matériel" @@ -2758,29 +2773,29 @@ "dans le même répertoire pour connaître toutes les options disponibles.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "Étiquette d'&adresse IPv4" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Masque &réseau" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "Le label est trop long." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "L'adresse IP est incorrecte." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Le masque de sous-réseau est incorrect." @@ -3420,7 +3435,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3429,26 +3444,26 @@ "ou est complètement désactivé. YaST ne parvient pas à configurer certaines options." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Cartes réseau" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modems" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Cartes RNIS" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Périphériques DSL" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Tous les périphériques réseau" @@ -4388,79 +4403,79 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Lancé automatiquement au démarrage" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Démarré automatiquement sur une connexion par câble" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Géré par NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Aucun redémarrage n'aura lieu" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Lancé manuellement" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Adresse IP assignée avec" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Adresse IP : %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Adresse IP : %s, masque de sous-réseau %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Non configuré" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Nom du périphérique : %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Esclaves de jonction" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "asservi dans %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Maître de jonction" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Non connecté" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Pas de hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Impossible de configurer la carte réseau car le périphérique du kernel (eth0, wlan0)) n'est pas présent. La plupart du temps, ceci est causé par un microprogramme absent (pour les périphériques WLAN). Voir la sortie dmesg pour plus d'informations." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4468,11 +4483,11 @@ "<p>Le périphérique n'est pas configuré. Cliquez sur \n" "<b>Modifier</b>pour le configurer.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Microprogramme nécessaire" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Inconnu" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 10:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr@opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-03 16:02+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr@opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Détails :" @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Réessayer ?" @@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la préparation du système d'installation." @@ -1535,8 +1535,8 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Produit inconnu" @@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Impossible d'utiliser les produits supplémentaires." @@ -1561,12 +1561,12 @@ msgstr "URL : %1, Chemin : %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Produits supplémentaires" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1574,28 +1574,30 @@ "Le dépôt d'installation contient aussi la liste des dépôts supplémentaires.\n" "Sélectionnez ceux que vous souhaitez utiliser.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Produits supplémentaires à sélectionner" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Ajouter les &produits sélectionnés" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Insérer le produit complémentaire %1" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Insérez le support %1 %2" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 -msgid "Unable to add product %1." +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to add product %1." +msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "Impossible d'ajouter le produit %1." #. update the trusted flag @@ -1728,23 +1730,23 @@ msgstr "Application du delta RPM : %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Votre ordinateur est un système 64 bits x86-64 mais vous tentez d'installer une distribution 32 bits." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" msgstr "<P>La liste des modèles indique la fonctionnalité disponible après l'installation du système.</P>" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" msgstr "<P>La proposition contient la taille totale des fichiers qui seront installés sur le système. Cependant, le système contiendra d'autres fichiers (fichiers temporaires et de travail) donc l'espace utilisé sera légèrement supérieur à la valeur proposée. Ainsi, c'est une bonne idée d'avoir au moins 25% (ou 300 Mo) d'espace libre avant de lancer l'installation.</P>" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" @@ -1753,107 +1755,107 @@ "téléchargés depuis des dépôts distants (réseau). Cette valeur est importante lorsque la connexion est lente ou lorsqu'il existe une limite de données pour le téléchargement.</P>\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Proposition logicielle</B></P>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Produit : %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Système : %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "Modèles :<br>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Taille des paquetages à installer : %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Téléchargement depuis les dépôts distants : %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Ces produits complémentaires ont été marqués pour l'auto-suppression : %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "Contactez les fabricants de ces produits complémentaires pour vous fournir les nouveaux média d'installation." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "Contactez le fabricant du produit complémentaire pour vous fournir le nouveau média d'installation." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "Erreur : impossible de vérifier l'espace libre dans le dossier de base %1 (périphérique %2), impossible de démarrer l'installation." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "Attention : Impossible de vérifier l'espace libre dans le dossier %1 (périphérique %2)." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Espace disque insuffisant." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Espace disque insuffisant. Supprimez quelques paquetages dans la sélection unique." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "Il ne reste que %1 (%2%%) d'espace disponible sur la partition %3.<BR>" #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "Le nouveau produit <b>%s</b> sera installé" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "Le produit <b>%s</b>sera mis à jour" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" msgstr "Le produit <b>%{old_product}</b>sera mis à jour avec <b>%{new_product}</b>" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "Le produit <b>%s</b> restera installé" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "<b>Avertissement :</b> le produit<b>%s</b> sera supprimé." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." msgstr "<b>Erreur</b> : le produit <b>%s</b> sera automatiquement supprimé." #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1870,12 +1872,12 @@ "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Aucun dépôt trouvé sur '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1886,31 +1888,31 @@ "vous pouvez télécharger les notes de version mises à jour depuis le serveur Web SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Intégration du média d'amorçage..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Échec de l'intégration du dépôt du service pack." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Initialisation des dépôts..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Insérez le CD 1 %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 non trouvé" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1919,7 +1921,7 @@ "Vérifiez le fichier de journalisation %1 pour plus de détails." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1928,12 +1930,12 @@ "La proposition logicielle sera appelée à nouveau." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Évaluation de la sélection de paquetages..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1944,27 +1946,27 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier de licence %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "Pour afficher correctement la licence du produit, placez le fichier license.tar.gz à la racine du média live lors de la création de l'image." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Langue" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "J'&accepte les conditions de la licence" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -1974,7 +1976,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" @@ -1983,7 +1985,7 @@ "sur le premier média dans le fichier %s." #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1997,28 +1999,20 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Accord de licence" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment abandonner l'installation du produit complémentaire ?" -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" -"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -"Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "" -"Le refus de l'accord de licence annule l'installation.\n" -"Refusez-vous vraiment l'accord ?" - -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 -msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" @@ -2026,18 +2020,18 @@ "produit complémentaire. Refusez-vous vraiment l'accord ?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Le système est en cours d'extinction..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Accord de licence relatif à %s" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2961,3 +2955,10 @@ #: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Désélectionner des paquets." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" +#~ "Really refuse the agreement?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Le refus de l'accord de licence annule l'installation.\n" +#~ "Refusez-vous vraiment l'accord ?" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pam.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pam.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pam.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: proxy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rear\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:09\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -308,15 +308,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Importation du certificat '%s'..." -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Erreur de connexion sécurisée : %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -330,13 +329,13 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "URL non valide." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -344,7 +343,7 @@ "Le réseau n'est pas configuré, le serveur d'enregistrement ne peut pas être contacté.\n" "Voulez-vous configurer le réseau maintenant ?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Erreur réseau. Vérifiez la configuration du réseau." @@ -586,23 +585,23 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "&Filtrer les versions bêta" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "Détails" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Sélectionnez une extension ou un module pour en afficher les détails." #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (non disponible)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -1236,6 +1236,11 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "Configurations de sécurité prédéfinies" +# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__82 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Sécurité" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -1043,9 +1043,17 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning:\n" +#| "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "Please, consider creating one.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use this setup?\n" msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" @@ -1057,7 +1065,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1078,7 +1086,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1093,7 +1101,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment conserver la taille de la partition d'amorçage ?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1110,12 +1118,21 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#| "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +#| "with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1127,7 +1144,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration sans partition /boot ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1147,7 +1164,7 @@ "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1160,7 +1177,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1177,7 +1194,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1202,7 +1219,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1227,12 +1244,12 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1253,7 +1270,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration, sans partition d'échange ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1266,7 +1283,7 @@ "notamment dans les cas suivants :\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1279,7 +1296,7 @@ "- si cette partition ne contient pas encore de système de fichiers\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1290,7 +1307,7 @@ "montage standard tel que /, /boot, /opt ou /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1301,7 +1318,7 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment conserver la partition non formatée ?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1310,7 +1327,7 @@ "Supprimez-le du RAID avant de le modifier.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1319,7 +1336,7 @@ "Supprimez-le du groupe de volumes avant de le modifier.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1328,7 +1345,7 @@ "Supprimez le volume avant de le modifier.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1337,7 +1354,7 @@ "Supprimez-le du RAID avant de l'effacer.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1345,12 +1362,12 @@ "Le périphérique (%2) est utilisé par %1.\n" "Supprimez %1 avant de l'effacer.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Il ne peut être effacé lorsqu'il est monté." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1359,7 +1376,7 @@ "une autre partition logique portant un numéro plus élevé est actuellement utilisée.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1372,7 +1389,7 @@ "Sélectionnez Annuler, sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1387,7 +1404,7 @@ "avant d'effacer la partition étendue.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1402,7 +1419,7 @@ "d'effacer la partition étendue.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -3238,7 +3255,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Le disque est en cours d'utilisation et ne peut pas être modifié." @@ -6069,11 +6086,11 @@ msgstr "Voulez-vous continuer malgré l'erreur ?" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "Impossible de créer les partitions car d'autres partitions du disque sont en cours d'utilisation." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6083,7 +6100,7 @@ "Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être modifié parce qu'il contient une zone d'échange active\n" "qui est necessaire pour effectuer l'installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6093,7 +6110,7 @@ "Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être modifié parce qu'il contient des données\n" "d'installation necessaires pour effectuer l'installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6103,7 +6120,7 @@ "Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être supprimé parce qu'il contient une zone d'échange active\n" "qui est necessaire pour effectuer l'installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6113,7 +6130,7 @@ "Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être supprimé parce qu'il contient des données\n" "d'installation necessaires pour effectuer l'installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6125,7 +6142,7 @@ "le périphérique %2 qui contient un système d'échange actif qui est nécessaire \n" "à l'installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6136,7 +6153,7 @@ "le périphérique %2 qui contient des données nécessaires pour effectuer l'installation.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6147,18 +6164,18 @@ "sur le disque %2 sont utilisées.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Rien n'est assigné en tant que système de fichiers racine !" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "L'installation risque très fortement d'échouer !" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Échec de l'ajout des éléments suivants : %1" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: support\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/timezone_db.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/timezone_db.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/timezone_db.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -166,9 +166,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Inconnu" @@ -271,19 +271,6 @@ "Voulez-vous vraiment\n" "remettre à zéro votre sélection détaillée ?" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "Échec du montage du système cible" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "Une installation incomplète a peut-être été détectée." - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -329,6 +316,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "%1 sur partition root %2" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "Échec du montage du système cible" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -582,8 +577,13 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Oui, poursuivre" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "Une installation incomplète a peut-être été détectée." + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -592,17 +592,17 @@ "de détails sur la résolution de ce problème." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Système Linux inconnu" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Système non Linux" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ "ou redémarrer votre ordinateur.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Vérification de la partition %1" @@ -626,23 +626,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Afficher les &détails" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Vérification du système de fichiers sur %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Échec du contrôle du système de fichiers" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -653,24 +653,24 @@ "Voulez-vous continuer le montage du périphérique ?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Sauter le montage" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Mot de passe incorrect. Réessayer ?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Avertissement" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ "Voulez-vous continuer la mise à jour du système actuel ?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -708,27 +708,27 @@ "Pour annuler la mise à jour, cliquez sur Annuler.\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Spécifier les options de montage" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Options de montage" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Point de &montage" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Périphérique" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -737,12 +737,12 @@ "(vide pour détection automatique)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "Le partition /var %1 n'a pas pu être montée.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n" "<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n" @@ -754,17 +754,17 @@ "<b>ID udev :</b> %5,<br>\n" "<b>Chemin udev :</b> %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "Aucun" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Impossible de trouver la partition /var automatiquement" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -775,22 +775,22 @@ "pour poursuivre la mise à niveau." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "&Sélectionner le périphérique de la partition /var" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Infos sur le périphérique" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Impossible de monter la partition /var avec cette configuration de disque.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -816,32 +816,32 @@ "méthode de montage par n'importe quelle autre méthode pour toutes les partitions." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Aucun fstab n'a été trouvé." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "La partition root dans /etc/fstab a un périphérique root incorrect.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Il est actuellement monté en tant que %1 mais répertorié comme %2.\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Évaluation de la partition racine. Un instant s'il vous plaît..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "Montage des partitions. Un instant s'il vous plaît..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Recherche des systèmes disponibles" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -245,6 +245,18 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "Nouvel UID de l'utilisateur" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -673,7 +685,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -713,7 +725,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "&Nom complet de l'utilisateur" @@ -735,7 +747,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Nom d'&utilisateur" @@ -752,7 +764,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "Utili&ser ce mot de passe pour l'administrateur du système" @@ -948,7 +960,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser ce mot de passe ?" @@ -1086,7 +1098,7 @@ "</p>" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1266,7 +1278,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" @@ -1320,7 +1332,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" @@ -2096,7 +2108,7 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Utilisateurs locaux" @@ -3188,7 +3200,7 @@ "Réessayez." #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3200,11 +3212,11 @@ "Les utilisateurs locaux sont enregistrés dans <i>/etc/passwd</i> et dans <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "Créer un utilisateur" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3217,7 +3229,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3229,7 +3241,7 @@ " et %{max} caractères.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -3245,15 +3257,15 @@ "restrictions dans le fichier /etc/login.defs. Lisez la page de manuel correspondante pour plus d'informations.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" msgstr "<p>Cochez <b>Utiliser ce mot de passe pour l'administrateur système</b> si le même mot de passe saisi pour le premier utilisateur doit être utilisé pour l'utilisateur root.</p>" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Importer les données utilisateur à partir d'une installation précédente" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -3269,11 +3281,11 @@ "importées.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "Ignorer la création de l'utilisateur" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -3287,12 +3299,12 @@ "utilisateur local.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "Utilisateur local" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3303,7 +3315,7 @@ "'Ignorer la création de l'utilisateur'." #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3314,34 +3326,34 @@ "'Ignorer la création de l'utilisateur'." #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "&Créer un utilisateur" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Importer les données utilisateur à partir d'une installation précédente" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "Sélectionner des utilisateurs" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "&Ignorer la création de l'utilisateur" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "Login &automatique" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "Aucun utilisateur sélectionné" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "L'utilisateur %d va être importé." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -14,43 +14,41 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Manage VPN client secrets. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" msgstr "Clé prépartagée pour les passerelles" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Gateway IP" msgstr "Adresse IP de passerelle" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 msgid "Pre-shared key" msgstr "Clé prépartagée" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 msgid "Set" msgstr "Définir" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 msgid "Show key" msgstr "Afficher la clé" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" msgstr "Paire certificat/clé pour les passerelles" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certificat" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clé" -#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 msgid "" "Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -58,7 +56,7 @@ "Il manque toujours des clés partagées pour les passerelles suivantes :\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 msgid "" "Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -66,118 +64,116 @@ "Il manque toujours des certificats pour les passerelles suivantes :\n" "%s" -#. Load PSKs -#. Reload gateway PSK text input. -#. Load XAuth -#. Load EAP -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 msgid "(hidden)" msgstr "(masqué)" -#. Remove the selected EAP user. -#. Remove the selected XAuth user. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 msgid "Please select a user to delete." msgstr "Sélectionnez un utilisateur à supprimer." -#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." msgstr "Une clé prépartagée est obligatoire. Veuillez saisir une clé prépartagée." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." msgstr "Saisissez un chemin d'accès au fichier de certificat et au fichier de clé." -#. Event handlers -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" msgstr "Choisir un fichier de certificat codé au format PEM" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" msgstr "Choisir un fichier de clé de certificat codé au format PEM" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" msgstr "Clé prépartagée de la passerelle" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 msgid "Gateway certificate" msgstr "Certificat de passerelle" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 msgid "Path to certificate file" msgstr "Chemin du fichier de certificat" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Pick.." msgstr "Choisir..." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 msgid "Path to certificate key file" msgstr "Chemin du fichier de clé du certificat" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Références utilisateur pour les clients Android, iOS et Mac OS X" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Username" msgstr "Nom d'utilisateur" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Password" msgstr "Mot de passe" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 msgid "Add" msgstr "Ajouter" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Effacer" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 msgid "Show Password" msgstr "Afficher le mot de passe" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Références utilisateur pour les clients Windows 7 et Windows 8" -#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 msgid "Gateway - PSK" msgstr "Passerelle - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 msgid "Gateway - Certificate" msgstr "Passerelle - Certificat" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" msgstr "Passerelle - Clients mobiles" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" msgstr "Passerelle - Clients Windows" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 msgid "Client - PSK" msgstr "Client - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "Client - Certificat" -#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 msgid "" "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." @@ -185,13 +181,13 @@ "ipsec.conf et ipsec.secrets ont été manipulés en dehors de ce module.\n" "Si vous continuez à utiliser le module, votre personnalisation sera supprimée." -#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "Le nom de connexion est déjà utilisé." -#. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -199,8 +195,8 @@ "Il ne peut y avoir qu'une seule connexion de passerelle par scénario.\n" "Tous les scénarios de passerelle sont déjà utilisés." -#. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -208,53 +204,53 @@ "Le scénario est déjà configuré avec une autre passerelle.\n" "Une seule passerelle peut être en cours d'exécution sous un même scénario." -#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Le nom d'utilisateur est déjà utilisé." -#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "Impossible de trouver une connexion client correspondante." -#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" msgstr "Passerelle et client VPN" -#. Left side: global config & connection management -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Configuration globale" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Enable VPN daemon" msgstr "Activer le daemon VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" msgstr "Réduire la valeur TCP-MSS" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 msgid "All VPNs" msgstr "Tous les VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "New VPN" msgstr "Nouveau VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Delete VPN" msgstr "Supprimer le VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "View Connection Status" msgstr "Afficher l'état de connexion" -#. Event handlers -#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" "If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" "Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." @@ -262,22 +258,22 @@ "Si les clients VPN rencontrent des problèmes pour accéder à certains sites Internet, il est possible que les hôtes concernés empêchent une découverte MTU (unité de transmission maximale) automatique en raison d'une configuration incorrecte du pare-feu.\n" "Vous pouvez remédier à cette situation en réduisant la valeur TCP-MSS ; cependant, la bande passante disponible sera réduite d'environ 10 %." -#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 msgid "Delete connection" msgstr "Supprimer la connexion" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer la connexion " -#. Check for incomplete configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" msgstr "Terminez la configuration des connexions suivantes :\n" -#. Consider enabling the daemon -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "" "There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" "Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" @@ -285,125 +281,125 @@ "Il existe des connexions VPN, mais le daemon n'est pas activé.\n" "Voulez-vous activer le daemon VPN ?" -#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." msgstr "Les paramètres ont été appliqués." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." msgstr "Échec de configuration du daemon IPSec." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" msgstr "Voulez-vous afficher l'état de connexion et le journal du daemon ?" -#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "Saisissez l'adresse IP de la passerelle avant de modifier les références." -#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "Description" -#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "Cliquez sur 'Nouveau VPN' pour créer une passerelle ou un client." -#. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "Tous les réseaux IPv4 (0.0.0.0/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "Tous les réseaux IPv6 (::/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "CIDR limités, séparés par des virgules :" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "Nom de la connexion : " -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "Passerelle (Serveur)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "Client" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "Le scénario est" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "Sécuriser la communication avec une clé prépartagée" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "Sécuriser la communication avec un certificat" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Fournir l'accès aux clients Android, iOS et Mac OS X" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Fournir l'accès aux clients Windows 7 et Windows 8" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "Modifier les références" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "Fournir aux clients VPN l'accès à" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "Ensemble d'adresses des clients (par exemple : 192.168.100.0/24)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "La passerelle requiert une authentification." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "Par une clé prépartagée" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "Par un certificat" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "Adresse IP de la passerelle VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "Utiliser le tunnel VPN pour accéder à" -#. They are however allowed in password -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "Entrez le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe." -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" @@ -411,17 +407,17 @@ "Évitez d'utiliser des espaces et des caractères spéciaux dans le nom d'utilisateur.\n" "Les caractères valides sont : A-Z, a-z, 0-9, tiret et caractère de soulignement." -#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" msgstr "Saisissez un nom pour la nouvelle connexion VPN." -#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." msgstr "Saisissez un nom de connexion VPN." -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" @@ -431,44 +427,44 @@ "Les caractères valides sont : A-Z, a-z, 0-9, tiret, caractère de soulignement.\n" "Le nom doit commencer par une lettre." -#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Path to certificate file:" msgstr "Chemin du fichier de certificat :" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Path to certificate key file:" msgstr "Chemin du fichier de clé du certificat :" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." msgstr "Ne stockez pas la clé dans le fichier de certificat proprement dit." -#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." msgstr "Spécifiez un fichier de certificat et un fichier de clé." -#. Return password string. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Please enter a password." msgstr "Saisissez un mot de passe." -#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." msgstr "Les journaux sont rafraîchis automatiquement toutes les 3 secondes." -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" msgstr "Redémarrer le daemon VPN" -#. Restart IPSec daemon service. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Confirm daemon restart" msgstr "Confirmer le redémarrage du daemon" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 msgid "" "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" @@ -476,32 +472,32 @@ "Les connexions existantes vont être interrompues.\n" "Voulez-vous quand même continuer ?" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" msgstr "Le redémarrage du daemon IPSec a échoué." -#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" msgstr "État indisponible : le daemon est-il est cours d'exécution ?" -#. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "L'installation des paquetages IPSec a échoué." -#. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "Le démarrage du daemon IPSec a échoué." -#. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "Échec d'application des paramètres de réacheminement IP à l'aide de sysctl :" -#. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." @@ -509,11 +505,11 @@ "Le pare-feu SuSE est en service, mais n'est pas activé.\n" "Pour que le VPN fonctionne correctement, le pare-feu SuSE va maintenant être activé." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "Échec de redémarrage du pare-feu SuSE." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -523,29 +519,29 @@ "Ce dernier n'étant pas activé, vous devez exécuter manuellement le script de configuration à chaque redémarrage. Le script va être exécuté maintenant.\n" "Emplacement du script : %s" -#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "Paramètres VPN globaux" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "Activer le daemon VPN (IPSec) : %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "Réduire la valeur TCP-MSS : %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "Passerelle et connexions" -#. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "Une passerelle desservant des clients dans " -#. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "Un client se connectant à " Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:15:22 UTC (rev 96855) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po 2016-09-13 12:16:32 UTC (rev 96856) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"